Page 1 F1200 F1200 User Guide Some of contents in this manual may differ from your phone depending on the software of the phone or your service provider.
Page 2 ‫ﻋﺮﺑﻰ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬ .‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬...
Page 3 ‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬ ‫ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﻭﺻﻐﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﻤﻢ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ‬F1200 ‫ﻧﻬﻨﺌﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‬ .‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‬...
Page 4 ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ‬ (SAR) ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ )ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ( ﻭﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ‬ ‫ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ‬F1200 ‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻣﻮﺩﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ. ﻭﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻬﺪﻑ‬...
Page 5 .‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻐﻨﻄﺔ‬ .‫• ﻻ ﺗﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﺄﺩﺍﺓ ﺣﺎﺩﺓ، ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬ .‫• ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﻠﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‬ .‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺣﺮﺹ. ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺑﻼ ﺩﺍﻉ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 6 (‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺗﻚ، ﻛﻤﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ )ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ‬ . ً ‫ﻭﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺜﻼ‬ ‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺗﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﺋﺪ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ، ﻓﻼ ﺗﻌﻖ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ. ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬ .‫ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻹﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺧﻄﻴﺮﺓ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 7 ‫• ﻻ ﻳﻠﺰﻣﻚ ﺇﻓﺮﺍﻍ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ. ﻓﺒﺨﻼﻑ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ، ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ‬ .‫ﺃﻱ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻟﻠﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻀﻌﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬ .‫ ﻟﻴﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬LG ‫ ﻓﻘﻂ. ﻟﻘﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺷﺎﺣﻦ‬LG ‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺷﺎﺣﻦ‬ .‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﻔﻚ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺼﺮ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺗﻬﺎ‬...
Page 8 ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻵﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻝ‬ .‫• ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻀﻮء ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ، ﻣﺜﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‬ .‫• ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩﺓ، ﻷﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﺍﺋﻬﺎ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 9 ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬ 12 ......................F1200 ‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬ 12 ....................... ‫ﺃﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬ 16 ......................‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬ 18 ......................‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬ 19 ........................‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ‬ 19 ....................‫ ﻭﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬SIM ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬ 21 ......................‫ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬ 22 ........................ ‫ﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ‬ 22 ....................‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬...
Page 10 50 ......................[3-‫ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ]ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ 50 ...................... [1-3-‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ ]ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ 51 ...................... [2-3-‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ ]ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ 51 ..................... [3-3-‫ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ]ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ 52 ....................[4-3-‫ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ ]ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ 52 ..................... [5-3-‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ]ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ 52 ....................[6-3-‫ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ]ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ 53 ..................[7-3-‫ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء ]ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 11 72 ......................[6-‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ]ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ 72 ....................[1-6-‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ]ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ 74 ..................... [2-6-‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺩﻳﻮ ]ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ 75 ....................[3-6-‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ]ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ 76 ......................[7-‫ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺎﺗﻲ ]ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ 76 ......................[1-7-‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ]ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ 77 ..................... [2-7-‫ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ]ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ 77 ..................... [3-7-‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ]ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ 77 ..................[4-7-‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻺﺯﺍﻟﺔ ]ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 12 84 ....................[3-9-‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ]ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ 85 ......................[4-9-‫ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ ]ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ 85 ......................[5-9-‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ]ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ 86 ......................[6-9-‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ]ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ 86 ..................... [7-9-‫ ]ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬GPRS 87 ....................[8-9-‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ]ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ 88 ....................... ‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻭﺃﺟﻮﺑﺔ‬ 90 ........................‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ‬ 92 ........................‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻴﺔ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 13 .‫ﻭﺗﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ( ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬ .‫: )ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ( ﺗﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫)ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ( ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ. ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺣﺘﻰ‬ .‫ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﻪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 14 ‫1. ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﻟﺤﺰﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ‬ ‫6. ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬ SIM ‫2. ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫7. ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬ SIM ‫3. ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫4. ﺯﺭ ﻣﺎﺳﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻟﻔﻚ ﻏﻄﺎء‬ /‫8. ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 15 ‫8. ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‬ ‫9. ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ‬ ‫4. ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ‬ ‫01. ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬ ‫5. ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬ ‫11. ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬ ‫6. ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬ ‫21. ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء/ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫31. ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﺑﺠﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬ ‫41. ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ‬ ‫7. ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 16 ‫21. ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء/ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ: ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﺃﻭ ﺭﻓﺾ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ، ﻭﺃﻳﻀ ً ﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ. ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ .‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‬ .‫31. ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺃﺑﺠﺪﻳﺔ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ: ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬ .‫41. ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ: ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﻢ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﻘﺪﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻮﺻﻴﺔ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 17 .‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻮﻉ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬ .‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﻛﻨﻮﻉ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬ .‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺻﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﻨﻮﻉ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬ .‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﻛﻨﻮﻉ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬ .‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﻛﻨﻮﻉ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬ .‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 18 ‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻠﺮﻧﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﻛﻨﻮﻉ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬ .‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬ .‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ‬ .‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﻭﻝ‬ .WAP ‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ .GPRS ‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬ .‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 19 F1200 ‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬ .‫، ﻓﺄﻧﺖ ﺗﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻣﺘﻼﻙ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝ‬F1200 ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻚ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ‬ .‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺘﺎﻉ ﺑﻤﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ. ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬ .‫، ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﻬﺎ‬...
Page 20 ‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ. ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﻚ‬ .‫ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬ .‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻝ‬ ‫2. ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬ .‫ﺃﻣﺴﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 21 .SIM ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ. ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫4. ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ )ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻴﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‬I .‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ. ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 22 ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﺗﻤﺎ ﻣ ً ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ، ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ .‫ﺍﻷﺷﺮﻃﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬ .‫• ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﺇﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ‬ .‫• ﻻ ﺗﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻷﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻭ/ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 23 .LCD ‫ﻟﺜﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻀﻲء ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬ ‫2. ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬ ‫، ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻀﻄﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬PIN code ‫3. ﺑﻨﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‬ .PIN ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‬ ‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬ .LCD ‫ﻟﺜﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻨﻄﻔﺊ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 24 .‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺳﺮ ﺣﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺳﺮ ﺣﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻚ ﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺣﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ. ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬ .40 ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺎ ً ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ. ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ، ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 25 ‫ ﻭ/ﺃﻭ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬SIM ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﻭﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻄﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ. ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺑﻜﻞ ﺑﺴﺎﻃﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ‬ 46-43 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ. ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ، ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 26 ‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫ ﺑﻬﺎﺗﻔﻚ‬LCD ‫( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬ ) ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ. ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ، ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ً ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻧﻲ. ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬ .‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 27 ‫ﺗﻼﺣﻆ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍ ً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ‬ .LCD ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬ ‫2. ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫. ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ‬ .‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬ ▼ ‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 28 ‫، ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬ ‫ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺃﻱ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ، ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬ ◄ . ً ‫ﻟﻤﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻛﻠﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬ ‫. ﻳﻌﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺧﻼﺕ، ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬ .‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 29 4 ‫ﺱ ﺵ ﺹ ﺽ‬ 5 ‫ﺩ ﺫ ﺭ ﺯ‬ 6 ‫ﺝ ﺡ ﺥ‬ 7 ‫ﻥ ﻩ ﻭ ﻯ‬ 8 ‫ﻑ ﻕ ﻙ ﻝ ﻡ‬ 9 ‫ﻁ ﻅ ﻉ ﻍ‬ (‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ، 0 )ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 30 ‫ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪﺩ ﺑﺤﺚ. ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻄﻠﺒﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ، ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ‬ .‫ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪﺩ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺘﻴﻦ‬ .‫ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺘﻴﻦ، ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ، ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪﺩ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 31 ‫)ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ(. ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ ً ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ. ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻫﻮ ﺧﻤﺴﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﻴﻦ. ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ، ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‬ .‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 32 ‫ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﺩﺛﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ، ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ. ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺆﺗﻤﺮ/ﺧﺎﺹ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬ .‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺗﻤﺮ‬ ‫، ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺇﻧﻬﺎء‬ ‫ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ، ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬ .‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 33 ‫4 ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬ ‫2 ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻢ‬ (43 ‫)ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬ (55 ‫)ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬ ‫1 ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬ ◄ ‫1 ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬ ‫2 ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪﻭﻝ‬ ◄ ◄ ‫2 ﺍﻷﻟﻌﺎﺏ‬ ‫3 ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﻪ‬ ◄ ◄ ‫3 ﺍﻷﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬ ‫4 ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ‬ ◄ ◄ ‫5 ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﺮﺓ‬ ◄ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 34 ◄ ‫4 ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ‬ ◄ ‫5 ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬ ◄ ‫6 ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ ◄ GPRS 7 ◄ ‫8 ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬ ◄ ‫7 ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺎﺗﻲ‬ (76 ‫)ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬ ‫1 ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬ ◄ ‫2 ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬ ◄ ‫3 ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬ ◄ ‫4 ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻺﺯﺍﻟﺔ‬ ◄ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 35 ‫ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ، ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬ .‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺓ ً ﻓﻮﻕ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ‬ .‫ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇﺮ‬ .‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 36 ‫• ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ )ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ(: ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬ .‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬ .‫• ﺣﺬﻑ: ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺳﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ .‫• ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ: ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬ .‫• ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ: ﺣﺪﺩﻩ ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺳﺠﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺘﺔ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 37 ‫• ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ )ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ(: ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬ .‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬ .‫• ﺣﺬﻑ: ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺳﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ .‫• ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ: ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬ .‫• ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ: ﺣﺪﺩﻩ ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺳﺠﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 38 ‫. ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ، ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ‬LCD ‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬ PIN2 ‫. ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ‬OK ‫[ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬Reset] ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺗﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬ .‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺗﻴﺮ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 39 .‫ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﺩ‬OK ‫[ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬Reset] ‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ، ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ‬ (2-3-1-‫)ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬ .‫ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ‬GPRS ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬ (3-3-1-‫)ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ .‫ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬WAP ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 40 ‫- ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ: ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ. ﻻ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ “ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬ .”‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ” ﻭ”ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬ .‫- ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺁﺧﺮ: ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‬ .‫• ﺇﻟﻐﺎء: ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‬ .‫• ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ: ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬ .‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻞ: ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻛﻞ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 41 ‫ )ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ( ﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ‬Activate ‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ. ﺣﺪﺩ‬ ‫ )ﺇﻟﻐﺎء( ﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ‬Cancel ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ، ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﺩ‬ .‫ )ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ( ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‬View status ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﺩ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 42 .‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺑﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‬ .‫( )ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ( ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ‬Off) ‫( ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺨﻔﻲ‬On) ‫ )ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ( ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﻓﻘ ً ﺎ ﻟﻺﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻭﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ‬Set by network ‫ﺣﺪﺩ‬ .‫ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 43 ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺑﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ. ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﺁﻟ ﻴ ًﺎ. ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫” )ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ(، ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻟﻠﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬Off“ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬ .‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 44 .‫• ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ: ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ‬ ‫ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ. ﺣﺪﺩ‬SIM ‫• ﻧﺴﺦ: ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ .‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 45 [Add] ‫ )ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻌﺔ(، ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ‬Speed dials ‫3. ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ .‫)ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ(. ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬ ‫4. ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺬﻑ، ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬ .(‫[ )ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬Options] ‫ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 46 .‫- ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﻞ: ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ، ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺄﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‬ .‫- ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ: ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ، ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‬ (6-1-2-‫)ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ‬ ‫ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ. ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ. ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬SIM ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻻﺕ ﻓﻲ‬ .‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 47 .‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻟﻠﺸﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ؛ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ،‫ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‬ .(‫[ )ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬Add] ‫1. ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ‬ .‫2. ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ. ﻭﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬ .‫3. ﺣﺪﺩ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 48 .‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﻪ: ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ: ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﻳﻮﻣ ﻴ ًﺎ ﻭﺃﺳﺒﻮﻋ ﻴ ًﺎ ﻭ ﻭﺷﻬﺮ ﻳ ًﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‬ .‫ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ/ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‬ .‫ﻟﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﻪ: ﺣﺪﺩ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ/ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 49 .‫• ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ: ﻣﺴﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ‬ 5-2-‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﺮﺓ‬ .‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﻭﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ‬ .(‫ )ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﺮﺓ‬Memo ‫1. ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ‬ .(‫[ )ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬Add] ‫2. ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ‬ .(‫[ )ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬Options] ‫3. ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﺮﺓ، ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 50 .‫• ﻋﺮﺽ: ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﺮﺓ‬ .‫• ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ: ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﺮﺓ‬ .‫• ﺣﺬﻑ: ﺣﺪﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‬ ‫• ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ: ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ. ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺰﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ 02ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﻭ 03 ﺣﺮﻓﺎ‬ .‫ﻟﻠﻤﺬﻛﺮﺓ‬ .‫• ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ: ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﺮﺍﺕ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 51 .(‫[ )ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬Options] ‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ‬ .‫• ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ: ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ .‫• ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ: ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺑﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬ .‫• ﺣﺬﻑ: ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‬ .‫• ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ: ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‬ .‫• ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ: ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﻛﻞ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 52 .‫4. ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ‬ .‫5. ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ/ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‬ .‫6. ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ. ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ﻴ ًﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻋﺸﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 53 .‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺓ. ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ 3 ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺑﺤﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ 03 ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ‬ .(‫[ )ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬Options] .(‫[ )ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬Record] ‫1. ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ، ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ‬ .‫2. ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ “ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ...” ﻭﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ، ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 54 .‫ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬IrDA ‫• ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء‬ .‫“ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬ ” ‫• ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ، ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬ .‫• ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﺼﻠﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 55 .‫ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺞ‬PC Sync ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ، ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫، ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲء ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻻﺕ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﻭ‬IrDA ‫• ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ‬ .‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ‬ .PC SYNC ‫• ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻺﺯﺍﻟﺔ، ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 56 [4-‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ]ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ 1-4-‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬ ‫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻣﺪﻣﺞ. ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺘﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬F1200 ‫ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬ .‫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻣﻜﺒﺮ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬AAC ‫ ﺃﻭ‬MP3 ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ، ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ، ﺧﺼﻮﺻ ً ﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬...
Page 57 ‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻺﺯﺍﻟﺔ. ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ‬ .‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ، ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ، ﻓﺈﻥ‬ .‫ﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻧﺔ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 58 ‫6 ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﻠﻘﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‬ A→B ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ، ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ‬ .‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 59 .‫- ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ: ﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻠﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫[ )ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ(. ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬Loop] ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ‬ ‫[ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬B←A] ‫[ )ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ( ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ‬Loop] ‫ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ‬ .(B) ‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 60 ‫ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ‬JAD ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ. ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬ .‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬ ‫( ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ. ﺳﻴﺘﻢ‬Micro 2 ‫ )ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺟﺎﻓﺎ‬J2ME ‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ .‫ )ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺟﺎﻓﺎ 2( ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬J2SE ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 61 ‫ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ. ﺳﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺯﺭ “ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ” ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ‬JAD ‫“ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ” ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬ .‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ. ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻓﻮﺭ ً ﺍ، ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺟﺎﻓﺎ ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ‬ .(‫ )ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬Application ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺟﺎﻓﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻻﺣﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫• ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ: ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 62 ‫ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ. ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺳﻌﺔ ﻗﺼﻮﻯ ﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ، ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ‬WAP ‫ﺗ ُ ﺨﺰﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯﻫﺎ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ً ﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ. ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ .‫ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 63 ‫[ )ﺇﺭﻓﺎﻕ(، ﺃﺛﻨﺎء‬Attach] ‫3. ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀ ً ﺎ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﺮﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ، ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ‬ .‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬ .‫• ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ: ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺭﻓﺎﻕ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀ ً ﺎ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬ .‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 64 ‫. ﻭﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ‬SIM ‫ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬SIM ‫ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬ .‫ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‬SIM ‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬ [Options] ‫ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ. ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ‬ .(‫)ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬ .‫• ﺭﺩ: ﻟﻠﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ‬ .‫• ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ: ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 65 .‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ .‫• ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ: ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ‬ ‫• ﺗﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ: ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ. ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ، ﺗﺨﺒﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﺃﻡ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺼﻞ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 66 .‫• ﺣﺬﻑ: ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ‬ .‫• ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺤﺔ: ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺤﺔ. ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬ .‫• ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺤﺔ: ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬ .‫• ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔ: ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬ .‫• ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔ: ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 67 ‫• ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ: ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ. ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ )ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬ .‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ( ﻭﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺗﻮﻗﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻧﻮﻋﻬﺎ ﻭﺣﺠﻤﻬﺎ‬ .‫• ﺍﻟﺮﺩ: ﻟﻠﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ‬ .‫• ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻟﻠﻜﻞ: ﻟﻠﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ‬ .‫• ﺣﺬﻑ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ: ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬ .‫• ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ: ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 68 .‫• ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ: ﻻﺳﺘﺨﻼﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ. ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺘﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬ ‫• ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ: ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ. ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ )ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬ .‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ( ﻭﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺗﻮﻗﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻧﻮﻋﻬﺎ ﻭﺣﺠﻤﻬﺎ‬ .‫• ﺣﺬﻑ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ: ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬ .‫• ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ: ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 69 .‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﺼﻠﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫” ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ. ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ‬ “ ‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬ .‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 70 ‫)ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ(. ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ، ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬ .(‫[ )ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬Options] ‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ‬ (4-4-5-‫)ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬ .‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬ (5-4-5-‫)ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬ .‫ )ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ( ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ، ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﻞ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ﻴ ًﺎ‬On ‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 71 .‫• ﺣﻔﻆ: ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﻮﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ‬ .‫• ﺣﺬﻑ: ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬ .‫• ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺤﺔ: ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺤﺔ. ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬ .‫• ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺤﺔ: ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 72 .(‫ )ﺇﺭﻓﺎﻕ‬Attach ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀ ً ﺎ ﺇﺭﻓﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬ 62 ‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬ .MMS ‫• ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ: ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﻋﺒﺮ‬ 6-5-‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬ .‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 73 [6-‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ]ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫ ﺑﻴﻜﺴﻞ‬x 480 640 ‫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺑﺄﻗﺼﻰ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬F1200 ‫ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬ ‫ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭ. ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬CMOS ‫(. ﻳﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ‬VGA ‫)ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺑـ‬ ‫2 ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﻉ ﻭﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﻭﻣﺆﺛﺮﺍﺕ‬x ‫ﻣﺘﻌﺔ ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ/ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‬...
Page 74 ‫ )ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ( ﺃﻭ‬Camera ‫3. ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ، ﺭﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﻟﻼﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬ .‫ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ، ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻄﺖ ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬OK MMS ‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬ :‫ﺣﻔﻆ‬ ‫ﺣﺬﻑ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬ .‫69 )ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ(، ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬x96 ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬ :‫ﺣﻔﻆ‬ ‫ﺣﺬﻑ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 75 ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ/ﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺤﺔ. ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺩﻳﻮ، ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬ .‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ‬ .‫• ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ: ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‬ .‫• ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ: ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﺩﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺣﺠﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻬﺎ ﻭﻭﻗﺘﻬﺎ‬ .‫• ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ: ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 76 ‫ﺑﺤﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ. ﻟﻜﻦ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻤﺘﻠﺌﺔ، ﺣﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ 003 ﺻﻮﺭﺓ. ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ: ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬ .‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ 003 ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 77 ‫• ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮﺓ/ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ: ﺣﺪﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﺮﺽ‬ .‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮﺓ/ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ .‫• ﺣﺬﻑ: ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬ .‫• ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ: ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬ .‫• ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ: ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺣﺠﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻬﺎ‬ .‫• ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ: ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺩﻳﻮ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 78 ‫ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬MP3/AAC ‫• ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ: ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ، ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬ .USB ‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬ .PC sync ‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ‬ .‫• ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ: ﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻺﺯﺍﻟﺔ‬ .‫• ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ: ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 79 .WAP ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬ .‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ، ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻄﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻭﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 80 .‫• ﺣﺬﻑ: ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‬ ‫ ﻻ ﺗﻀﻤﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ‬LG. LG ‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘ ً ﺎ ﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ. ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ، ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ‬...
Page 81 .‫• ﺣﺬﻑ: ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ .‫• ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ: ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬ .MMS ‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬ (5-1-8-‫)ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ URL ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ .‫ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‬URL ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺓ ً ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ. ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ؛ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 82 ‫ﺫﻟﻚ. ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻛﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ، ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ. ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫, ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺑﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ، ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻋﻢ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ. ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬SIM ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬ .‫ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ؛ ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 83 ‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ. ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺘﺢ/ﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ، ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟ ﻤ ُ ﻌﺪﺓ‬ .‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ .‫ﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺻﻮﺗ ً ﺎ ﺑﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬ (5-1-9-‫)ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬ .‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ/ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 84 .‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﺙ/ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‬ (4-2-9 ‫)ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ 4 ﺃﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ. ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻟﻮﻥ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ‬ .(‫[. )ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬Select] (5-2-9-‫)ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ .‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ/ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 85 ‫21 ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‬ (5-3-9-‫)ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ‬ ‫ )ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(، ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ‬On ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ. ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬ .‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‬ (6-3-9-‫)ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺟﺮﺱ ﻛﻞ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‬ .(‫ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ‬On ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﻴﺼﺪﺭ ﺟﺮﺳ ً ﺎ ﻛﻞ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 86 ‫ )ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ( ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ. ﻳﺠﺐ‬Change codes ‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ‬ ‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ. ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ. ﺭﻣﺰ‬ .PIN2 ‫ ﻭﺭﻣﺰ‬PIN1 ‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺭﻣﺰ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬ .‫: ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‬PIN F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 87 .‫ ﻫﻲ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬GPRS .‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬ :GPRS ‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ‬ • ‫ ﻭﺍﻻﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ‬GPRS ‫. ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬GPRS ‫ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬ .‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ، ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬ • .GPRS ‫ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ‬GPRS ‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 88 .‫ﻭ ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ‬DNS ‫ ﻭ‬IP ‫ﻭﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬APN ‫ﻭ‬ 8-9-‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬ .‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ. ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ، ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬ .‫1. ﺣﺪﺩ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬ .‫2. ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ 4 ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 89 .‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﺻﺪﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ‬ ‫ﺱ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ )ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻯ(. ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺎ ً ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻢ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭﻩ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬ ‫ﺝ‬ .‫ﺧﺎﺻﺔ )ﻧﺼﻒ ﺳﻨﺘﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻲ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 90 ‫ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ؟‬PUK ‫ ﺃﻭ‬PIN ‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻣﺰ‬ ‫ﺱ‬ ‫ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻫﻮ “0000”. ﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﺴﻴﺖ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻘﺪﺕ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ، ﻓﺎﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ. ﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﺴﻴﺖ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺝ‬ .‫ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ، ﻓﺎﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﻮﻓﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬PUK ‫ ﺃﻭ‬PIN ‫ﻓﻘﺪﺕ ﺭﻣﺰ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 91 .‫ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬ USB ‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ◄ .‫ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬MP3 ‫)ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻺﺯﺍﻟﺔ( ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ‬ ◄ .‫( ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ ﻭﺧﻠﻔﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﺟﺎﻓﺎ‬PC Sync) ◄ ‫( ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﻭﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬PC Sync) .‫ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﻭﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 92 ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ‬ .‫ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ. ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ‬LG ‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ً ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬ ‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ: ﻟﺬﺍ ُ ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻨﺎ‬ .‫ﺃﻭ ﻭﻛﻴﻠﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺅﻻﺕ‬...
Page 93 ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬ F1200 :‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬ GSM900 / DCS 1800 / PCS 1900 :‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﻗﺼﻰ: + 55 ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﺩﻧﻰ: - 01 ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬...
Page 94 ‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ‬ .‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬...
Page 95 ‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ‬ ‫ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮژی ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬F1200 ‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﺸﻜﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﮔﻮﺷﯽ ﻣﻮﺑﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺍﻝ .ﺟﯽ‬ .‫ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﯽ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺣﺎﻭی ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻤﯽ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻮﺷﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ‬...
Page 96 ‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻧﺮژی ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ‬ (SAR) ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﯽ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮﻳﯽ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ‬ ‫ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍی ﻃﺮﺍﺣﯽ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩی ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ‬F1200 ‫ﮔﻮﺷﯽ ﻣﻮﺑﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺪﻝ‬ .‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮﻳﯽ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬...
Page 97 .‫• ﺑﺎ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﺗﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻧﺰﻧﻴﺪ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‬ .‫• ﮔﻮﺷﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‬ .‫• ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﮔﻮﺷﯽ ﻫﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 98 ‫• ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻴﺴﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺷﻴﺎﻳﯽ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺑﯽ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﯽ ﺁﻥ‬ .‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺟﺮﺍﺣﺎﺕ ﺟﺪی ﻳﺎ ﺣﺘﯽ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮگ ﺷﻮﺩ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 99 ‫ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺍی ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫• ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﻭ ﺷﺎﺭژﺭﻫﺎی ﺍﻝ ﺟﯽ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺷﺎﺭژﺭﻫﺎی ﺍﻝ ﺟﯽ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﻃﺮﺍﺣﯽ‬ .‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‬ .‫• ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻫﺎی ﻓﻠﺰی ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 100 .‫• ﺷﺎﺭژﺭ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﻤﺎﻡ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‬ ‫• ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭی ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮی ﻣﻨﻔﯽ‬ .‫ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﺩ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 101 ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬ 12 ......................F1200 ‫ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻯ‬ 12 ........................‫ﺍﺟﺰﺍء ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬ 16 ......................‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ‬ 18 ......................‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯽ‬ 19 ....................... ‫ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ‬ 19 ................... ‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﻴﻢ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی‬ 21 ......................‫ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی‬ 22 ......................‫ﺟﺪﺍﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﺩﺍﭘﺘﻮﺭ‬...
Page 102 50 ......................[٣-‫ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ]ﻣﻨﻮ‬ 50 ....................[١-٣-‫ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ]ﻣﻨﻮ‬ 50 ....................[٢-٣-‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ]ﻣﻨﻮ‬ 51 ...................... [٣-٣-‫ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ]ﻣﻨﻮ‬ 51 ......................[۴-٣-‫ﮐﺮﻧﻮﻣﺘﺮ ]ﻣﻨﻮ‬ 52 ....................[۵-٣-‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﯽ ]ﻣﻨﻮ‬ 52 ..................... [۶-٣-‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺻﺪﺍ ]ﻣﻨﻮ‬ 53 ....................[٧-٣-‫ﺍﺷﻌﻪ ﻣﺎﺩﻭﻥ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ]ﻣﻨﻮ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 103 74 ....................[١-۶-‫ﻋﻜﺲ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ]ﻣﻨﻮ‬ 76 ......................[٢-۶-‫ﮔﺎﻟﺮﻯ ]ﻣﻨﻮ‬ 77 ....................[٣-۶-‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ]ﻣﻨﻮ‬ 78 ....................[٧-‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ]ﻣﻨﻮ‬ 78 ......................[١-٧-‫ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ]ﻣﻨﻮ‬ 79 ......................[٢-٧-‫ﺻﺪﺍﻫﺎ ]ﻣﻨﻮ‬ 79 ..................[٣-٧-‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻯ ]ﻣﻨﻮ‬ 79 ....................[۴-٧-‫ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ ]ﻣﻨﻮ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 104 87 ......................[۴-٩-‫ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ]ﻣﻨﻮ‬ 87 ....................[۵-٩-‫ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺘﻰ ]ﻣﻨﻮ‬ 88 ......................[۶-٩-‫ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ]ﻣﻨﻮ‬ 88 ....................... [٧-٩-‫ ]ﻣﻨﻮ‬GPRS 89 ..................[٨-٩-‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ]ﻣﻨﻮ‬ 90 ......................‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ‬ 92 ......................... ‫ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ‬ 94 ........................ ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﯽ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 105 .‫: )ﺩﺭ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ( ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻫﻨﮓ ﺑﻌﺪﻯ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‬ ‫)ﺩﺭ ﻃﻰ ﭘﺨﺶ( ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻫﻨﮓ ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺬﺭﺩ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻰ‬ .‫ﺑﺮﺳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 106 ‫ﺑﻨﺪ ﺣﻤﻞ‬ ‫۶. ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی‬ ‫٢. ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ‬ ‫٧. ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی‬ ‫٣. ﺳﻮﻛﺖ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ‬ ‫۴. ﮔﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی‬ ‫٨. ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺷﺎﺭژﺭ/ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻯ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬ .‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 107 ‫٩. ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫۴. ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﭼﭗ‬ ‫٠١. ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫۵. ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﻮﺭﻯ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯽ‬ ‫١١. ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫۶. ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬ ‫٢١. ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ/ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ‬ ‫٣١. ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬ ‫۴١. ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻦ‬ ‫٧. ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺧﺎﺹ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 108 .‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ/ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ‬ .‫٣١. ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ: ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ، ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻰ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‬ .‫۴١. ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻦ: ﺩﺭ ﻃﻰ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺷﺨﺼﻰ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺼﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 109 .‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻛﺖ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻧﮓ ﻭ ﻟﺮﺯﺵ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ .‫ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺯﻧﮓ ﻭ ﻟﺮﺯﺵ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ‬ .‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 110 ‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺐ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮﻯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺪی ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬ .‫ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‬ .‫ ﺍﺳﺖ‬WAP ‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻰ ﺑﻪ‬ .‫ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ‬GPRS ‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬ .‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺘﻰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 111 F1200 ‫ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯽ‬ ‫ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻳﻚ ﮔﻮﺷﻰ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬F1200 ‫ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ‬ .‫ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ. ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻟﺬﺕ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬...
Page 112 ‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻧﻘﺺ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ‬ .‫ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‬ .‫٢. ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ‬ .‫ﻟﺒﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻨﻰ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻯ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻯ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 113 ‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻯ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻃﻼﻳﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻯ )ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻃﻼﻳﯽ( ﺩﺭ‬ .‫ﺟﺎﻯ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻯ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ .‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 114 ‫• ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺧﺮﺍﺏ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬ .‫ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﻗﻂ ﻛﻨﺪ‬ ‫• ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻰ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻭ/ﻳﺎ ﺁﺩﺍﭘﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺷﻮﺩ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 115 .‫ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬LCD ‫ﺭﺍ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫٢. ﺩﻛﻤﻪ‬ .‫ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‬PIN ‫ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻛﺪ‬PIN ‫٣. ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﺪ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬ .‫ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﻮﺩ‬LCD ‫ﺭﺍ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺩﻛﻤﻪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 116 Call) ‫ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ. ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ‬Call barring ‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ‬ ‫( ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﺪ٬ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻣﺨﺎﺑﺮﺍﺗﯽ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ‬barring .‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٠۴ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 117 ‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺎﻣﯽ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺗﻠﻔﻨﻬﺎی ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﮔﻮﺷﯽ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ. ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﮔﯽ ﺑﺮﺍی ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻓﺘﺮ‬ .‫ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍی ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻟﻄﻔﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٣۴-۶۴ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 118 ‫ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﻃﻮﻝ‬LCD ‫( ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ‬ ) ‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ‬ .‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 119 ‫١. ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬ LCD ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬ .‫ﮔﻮﺷﯽ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ .‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩی ﻣﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬ ‫٢. ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ‬ ▼ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﻣﺘﻦ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 120 ‫ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﺩﻛﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﭘﺎﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ‬ ◄ .‫ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﭘﺎﻙ ﺷﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬ .‫ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ‬ .‫ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 121 4 ‫ﺱ ﺵ ﺹ ﺽ‬ 5 ‫ﺩ ﺫ ﺭ ﺯ ژ‬ 6 ‫ﺝ چ ﺡ ﺥ‬ 7 ‫ﻥ ﻩ ﻭ ی‬ 8 ‫ﻕ ﻙ گ ﻝ ﻡ‬ 9 ‫ﻁ ﻅ ﻉ ﻍ ﻑ‬ (‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ 0 )ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 122 .‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﻪ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ‬ .‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ٬ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 123 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ. ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻬﺎی ﭼﻨﺪ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻪ ۵ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﭼﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺟﺪﻳﺪی ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻪ‬ .‫ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 124 ‫ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻬﺎی ﻛﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ‬ .‫ﻛﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ٬ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ٬ ﺳﭙﺲ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﯽ/ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮی ﭼﻨﺪﻃﺮﻓﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬ .‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ٬ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﯽ/ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 125 (‫)ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ۵۵ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬ ‫١ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬ ◄ ‫١ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯽ‬ ‫٢ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﻢ‬ ◄ ◄ ‫٢ ﺑﺎﺯی‬ ‫٣ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺯﻧﮕﺪﺍﺭ‬ ◄ ◄ ‫٣ ﺑﺎﺯﻯ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫۴ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎ‬ ◄ ◄ ‫ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩی‬ ‫۵ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖ‬ ◄ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 126 ◄ ‫۶ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ‬ ◄ GPRS ٧ ◄ ‫٨ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬ ◄ ‫٧ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ‬ (‫)ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٨٧ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬ ‫١ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ‬ ◄ ‫٢ ﺻﺪﺍﻫﺎ‬ ◄ ‫٣ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩی‬ ◄ ‫۴ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ‬ ◄ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 127 ‫ﻧﻘﺶ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ، ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻯ ﺧﻂ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻰ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺎ ً ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻫﺮ‬ .‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻧﻘﺶ ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻮﻯ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ، ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬ .‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ‬ .‫ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﭼﭗ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 128 .‫ﻭﺭﻭﺩی ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬ .‫• ﺣﺬﻑ: ﺁﻣﺎﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‬ .‫• ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ: ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‬ ‫• ﺣﺬﻑ ﻫﻤﻪ: ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺁﻣﺎﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻬﺎﻯ ﺑﻰ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ، ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 129 .‫ﻭﺭﻭﺩی ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬ .‫• ﺣﺬﻑ: ﺁﻣﺎﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‬ .‫• ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ: ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‬ .‫• ﺣﺬﻑ ﻫﻤﻪ: ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻣﺎﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻬﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﺷﺪﻩ، ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 130 .‫ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﭼﭗ ]ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ[ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺎﺿﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﺪ ﭘﻴﻦ ٢ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺭﺗﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻰ ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ، ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻰ‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ، ﺗﺴﻮﻳﻪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻗﺒﺾ، ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 131 ‫ ﺭﺍ‬GPRS ‫ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺳﺮﻳﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬ .‫ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ (٣-٣-١-‫)ﻣﻨﻮ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻛﻠﻰ‬ .‫ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬WAP ‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 132 .‫- ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ: ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬ .‫• ﻟﻐﻮ: ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻐﻮ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‬ .‫• ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ: ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ .‫ﻟﻐﻮ ﻫﻤﻪ: ﻫﻤﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻐﻮ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 133 ‫ﻭﻗﺘﻰ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ، ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ. ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ‬ ،‫ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﻪ، ﻟﻐﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﻪ‬ .‫ﻳﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻰ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 134 ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ )ﺭﻭﺷﻦ( ﻳﺎ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ )ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ( ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺷﺨﺼﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻯ‬ .‫ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺗﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ، ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ‬ .‫ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 135 ‫ﻭﻗﺘﻰ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺪﺳﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻰ ﭘﺎﺳﺨﮕﻮﻯ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺳﺨﮕﻮﻳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺍﮔﺮ “ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ” ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ، ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﺎﺳﺨﮕﻮﻳﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬ .‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻫﺪﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 136 .‫• ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﻣﻮﻟﺘﯽ ﻣﺪﻳﺎ: ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﻣﻮﻟﺘﯽ ﻣﺪﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫• ﻛﭙﯽ: ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻛﭙﻰ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭﺭﻭﺩی ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬ .‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 137 .‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫۴. ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﭼﭗ ]ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ[ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺬﻑ‬ .‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ، ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 138 .‫- ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ: ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻛﭙﻰ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ، ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﭘﺎﻙ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‬ (۶-١-٢-‫)ﻣﻨﻮ‬ ‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﻫﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩی ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻛﺪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻰ ﻻﺯﻡ‬ .‫ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬ ،‫ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 139 .‫ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻭﺩ‬ .‫ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻭﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬ .‫ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻭﺩ‬ .‫ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻭﺩ‬ .‫ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬ ،‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 140 .‫• ﺣﺬﻑ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ: ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺣﺬﻑ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﻋﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‬ ‫• ﺣﺬﻑ ﻫﻤﻪ: ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻛﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ .‫ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 141 .‫• ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ: ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎ‬ .‫• ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﻢ: ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﻢ‬ .‫• ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ: ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ .‫• ﺣﺬﻑ ﻫﻤﻪ: ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ً ﭘﺎﻙ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 142 ‫• ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ: ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﺎ ٠٢ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖ‬ .‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ٠٣ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‬ .‫• ﺣﺬﻑ ﻫﻤﻪ: ﻛﻞ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 143 .‫٢. ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻰ، ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻳﺸﻰ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻧﮑﺘﻪ‬ .‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬ ‫• ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬ .‫ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬ ‫• ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﺭﺝ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭ، ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬ .‫ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬ ‫• ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﺭﺝ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻣﻨﻔﻰ، ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 144 ‫٢. ﺩﺭ ﻃﯽ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﺒﻨﺪی، ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﮏ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ]ﺩﻭﺭ[ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ۴ ﺑﺎﺭ‬ .‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬ .‫٣. ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻳﺎ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﮐﺮﻧﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‬ .‫۴. ﺑﺮﺍی ﭘﺎک ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﺮﻧﻮﻣﺘﺮ، ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ]ﭘﺎک ﮐﺮﺩﻥ[ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 145 .‫• ﺣﺬﻑ: ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺻﻮﺗﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‬ .‫• ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻧﺎﻡ: ﻳﻚ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺻﻮﺗﻰ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‬ .‫• ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ: ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ، ﻃﻮﻝ، ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺻﻮﺗﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‬ .‫• ﺣﺬﻑ ﻫﻤﻪ: ﻫﻤﻪ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺻﻮﺗﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 146 IrDA ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺴﺎﺯﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻰ ﺗﺎ ٠٣ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﻰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ‬ .‫ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭﻧﺸﺪ، ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‬ .‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‬ IrDA ‫ﺩﺭﮔﺎﻩ‬ IrDA ‫ﺩﺭﮔﺎﻩ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 147 ‫، ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻫﺮ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩی ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ، ﭘﻴﺎﻡ‬IrDA ‫• ﺑﺎ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻰ‬ .‫ﻫﺎ، ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬ ‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻰ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ، ﻧﻤﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻰ ﻫﻤﮕﺎﻡ ﺳﺎﺯی ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬ .‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 148 ١-۴-‫ﻣﻨﻮ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬ ‫ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ‬F1200 ‫ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ‬ .‫ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﮔﻮﺵ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬AAC ‫ ﻳﺎ‬MP3 ‫ﻫﺪﺳﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻯ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬...
Page 149 .‫٣. ﺳﭙﺲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ، ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭﻯ‬ .‫ﺗﻤﺎﺱ، ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ، ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻤﮕﺎﻡ ﺳﺎﺯی ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 150 .‫۴. ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻓﻀﺎﻯ ﺧﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬ ‫• ﺑﺎ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻰ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ، ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ٠٢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺍﻣﺎ‬ .‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﺎ ٠٢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 151 ‫ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻫﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﮑﺮﺍﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ‬ A→B ‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﮑﯽ‬ ‫ﺗﮑﺮﺍﺭ ﻳﮑﯽ‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﺎﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ، ﻳﻚ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮔﺸﻮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻗﺒﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 152 ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ]ﺣﻠﻘﻪ[ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﯽ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ‬ ‫(، ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ‬B) ‫( ﺣﻠﻘﻪ، ]ﺣﻠﻘﻪ[ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ‬A) .‫[ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ً ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬B← A] F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 153 ‫ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺤﯽ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ‬JAD ‫ ﻳﮏ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺟﺎﻭﺍ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ‬JAR ‫ﻓﺎﻳﻞ‬ ‫ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ‬JAD ‫ﺟﺰﺋﻰ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯﻓﺎﻳﻞ‬ .‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 154 ‫• ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ: ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﻭﻗﺘﻰ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻬﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ، ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻯ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ، ﺳﭙﺲ‬ .‫ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 155 .‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺾ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺷﺪ، ﻫﻴﭻ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ .‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻮ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 156 ٢٧ ‫، ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ۶٢ ﺗﺎ‬T9 ‫ ﺭﺍ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬T9 ‫ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬ .‫• ﭘﺎﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺘﻦ: ﻛﻞ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‬ .‫• ﺧﺮﻭﺝ: ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻯ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 157 .‫( ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ، ﻳﻚ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ) ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﺩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺳﻴﻢ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺳﻴﻢ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 158 ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻮ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻻ/ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬ .‫ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﭼﭗ ]ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ[ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 159 ‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﻣﻮﻟﺘﯽ ﻣﺪﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﯽ ﻫﺎی ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﻴﮑﯽ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﻫﺎی ﻣﻮﻟﺘﯽ ﻣﺪﻳﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ .‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 160 .‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬ .‫• ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﺳﻼﻳﺪ: ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‬ .‫• ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﺍﺳﻼﻳﺪ: ﻳﮏ ﺍﺳﻼﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻼﻳﺪ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‬ .‫• ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﺳﻼﻳﺪ: ﺍﺳﻼﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 161 ‫• ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ: ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻭ ﺻﺪﺍﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻭ ﺻﺪﺍﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬ .‫ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫• ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ: ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﻬﺎﻯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺘﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ: ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪﻩ، ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ )ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬ .‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﻬﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﻟﺘﯽ ﻣﺪﻳﺎ(، ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ، ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ، ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 162 ‫• ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ: ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﻬﺎﻯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺘﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ: ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪﻩ، ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ )ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬ .‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﻬﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﻟﺘﯽ ﻣﺪﻳﺎ(، ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ، ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ، ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ‬ .‫• ﺣﺬﻑ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ: ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‬ .‫• ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ: ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 163 .‫- ﺭﻭﺷﻦ: ﺍﮔﺮ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ، ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺾ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ .‫- ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ: ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‬ .‫- ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ: ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﻫﺎﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﻖ ﻣﻰ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺩ‬ .‫• ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﯽ: ﺟﻬﺖ ﻛﺴﺐ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢٨ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 164 ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ، ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﭼﭗ ]ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ[ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬ ،‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻨﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ، ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﭼﭗ ]ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ[ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬ .‫ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 165 .‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ۵ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ .‫ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬MMS ‫• ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﻣﻮﻟﺘﯽ ﻣﺪﻳﺎ: ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﮕﻮﻯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻰ ﺑﺎ‬ .‫• ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ: ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﮕﻮﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 166 .‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ۴۶ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ .‫ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‬MMS ‫• ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﻣﻮﻟﺘﯽ ﻣﺪﻳﺎ: ﺍﻣﻀﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ‬ ۶-۵-‫ﻣﻨﻮ‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‬ .‫ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﻨﻰ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﻟﺘﯽ ﻣﺪﻳﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 167 [۶-‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ]ﻣﻨﻮ‬ ‫ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬F1200 ‫ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ‬ ‫ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﻭ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬CMOS ‫ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺳﺖ( ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺣﺴﮕﺮ‬VGA ‫٠۴۶ ﭘﻴﻜﺴﻠﻰ )ﺑﻪ‬x۴٨٠ ‫ﺩﻗﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬ ،‫ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ. ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻨﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ، ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﻰ‬...
Page 168 ) ‫(: ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‬ ) ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺳﻔﻴﺪﻯ‬ ) ‫(، ﻓﻠﻮﺭﺳﻨﺖ‬ ) ‫ﺍﺑﺮﻯ‬ .‫١. ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﭼﭗ/ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﻮﻯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬ .‫٢. ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻻ/ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 169 ‫١. ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻯ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﻳﺎ‬ .‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﭼﭗ ]ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ[ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎﻯ ﻓﺮﻋﻰ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬ .‫• ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻋﺎﺩی: ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 170 ‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ. ﺍﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﭘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻜﺲ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ٠٠٣ ﻋﻜﺲ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ. ﻭ ﺑﺮﻋﻜﺲ: ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ٠٠٣ ﻋﻜﺲ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﺪ‬ .‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 171 .‫• ﺣﺬﻑ: ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻋﻜﺲ‬ .‫• ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﻡ: ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻋﻜﺲ‬ .‫• ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ: ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ، ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ .‫• ﺣﺬﻑ ﻫﻤﻪ: ﻫﻤﻪ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﮔﺎﻟﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 172 ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻮ، ﻧﻤﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻰ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ، ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻰ ﻫﻤﮕﺎﻡ‬ .‫ﺳﺎﺯﻯ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬ .‫• ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﻨﺪﻯ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ: ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﻨﺪﻯ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‬ .‫• ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ: ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 173 .‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ، ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﻯ ﻫﺮ ﺧﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﺍﻯ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺮﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬ ‫ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 174 ‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻬﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻯ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻳﺘﻬﺎﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﻤﻰ ﮐﻨﺪ. ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻰ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ، ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻰ‬LG .‫ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬LG ‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ...
Page 175 .‫• ﺣﺬﻑ: ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻰ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‬ .‫• ﺣﺬﻑ ﻫﻤﻪ: ﻫﻤﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬ ‫ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ‬MMS ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺗﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ‬ .‫ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﺩ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 176 ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻯ ﻣﻨﻮﻯ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﻮﻯ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﻢ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ، ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﮐﺴﺐ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 177 .‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ، ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺁﻫﻨﮓ ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﺍﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬ ..‫ﺁﻫﻨﮓ ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ‬ (۵-١-٩-‫)ﻣﻨﻮ‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬ .‫ﺁﻫﻨﮓ ﺯﻧﮓ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 178 ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ۴ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻣﻨﻮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. ﺭﻧﮓ ﻣﻨﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﭼﭗ‬ .‫]ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ[ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ (۵-٢-٩-‫)ﻣﻨﻮ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ‬ .‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ/ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 179 ‫ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻮﺭﻯ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻭﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﺪ. ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ، ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻰ‬ .‫ﺩﻭﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ (۶-٣-٩-‫)ﻣﻨﻮ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﭗ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬ .‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ، ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻮﻕ ﺑﺰﻧﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 180 ‫ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻛﺪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻣﺰﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ‬ :‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻮ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﺪﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ٢ ‫ﻛﺪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻰ، ﻛﺪ ﭘﻴﻦ ١، ﻛﺪ ﭘﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬ .‫ﭘﻴﻦ: ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻰ ﺷﺨﺼﯽ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 181 ‫ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍک ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ‬GPRS ‫• ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ‬ .‫، ﺑﺎ ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‬GPRS ‫ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ‬GPRS ‫ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬GPRS ‫• ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬ .‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 182 ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﻜﺮﺑﻨﺪﻯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ‬ .‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ .‫١. ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻣﻨﻮﻯ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ .‫٢. ﻛﺪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻰ ۴ ﺭﻗﻤﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 183 .‫ﻣﺨﺎﺑﺮﺍﺗﯽ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﯽ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻣﻴﮕﺬﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻮﺩ؟‬LCD ‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ً ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺷﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ. ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺳﺦ‬ .‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺍﺳﺖ٬ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 184 ‫ﻛﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ٠٠٠٠ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ. ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻫﺎﻳﺪ٬ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻭﺷﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﻮﺷﯽ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺳﺦ‬ ‫ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻫﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺪی ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ‬PUK ‫ ﻳﺎ‬PIN ‫ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ. ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺪ‬ .‫ﻣﺨﺎﺑﺮﺍﺗﯽ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 185 .‫ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬MP3 ‫)ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ( ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ‬ ◄ ‫)ﻫﻤﮕﺎﻡ ﺳﺎﺯﻯ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ( ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺁﻫﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻧﮓ، ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬ .‫ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ، ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻬﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﻭﺍ‬ ◄ ،‫)ﻫﻤﮕﺎﻡ ﺳﺎﺯﻯ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ( ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ، ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺪ‬ .‫ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎ، ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 186 ‫• ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺍﻝ ﺟﯽ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﻋﺪﻡ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﮔﺎﺭﺍﻧﺘﯽ‬ .‫ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‬ ‫• ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﻟﻄﻔﺎ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬ .‫ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻬﺎی ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 187 ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﯽ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﯽ‬ F1200 :‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ‬ GSM900 / DCS 1800 / PCS 1900 :‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬ +55C° :‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬ -10C° :‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ F1200 ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬...
Page 188 English F1200 User Guide Some of contents in this manual may differ from your phone depending on the software of the phone or your service provider.
Page 189 Introduction Congratulations on your purchase of the advanced and compact F1200 mobile phone, designed to operate with the latest digital mobile communication technology. This user guide contains important information on the use and operation of this phone. Please read all the information carefully for optimal performance and to prevent any damage to or misuse of the phone.
Page 190 Exposure to radio frequency energy Radio wave exposure and Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) information This mobile phone model F1200 has been designed to comply with applicable safety requirement for exposure to radio waves. This requirement is based on scientific guidelines that include safety margins designed to assure this safety of all persons, regardless of age and health.
Page 191 Do not tap the screen with a sharp object; otherwise, it may damage the ● phone. Do not expose the phone to liquid or moisture. ● Use the accessories like an earphone cautiously. ● F1200 User Guide...
Page 192 RF energy may affect some electronic systems in your motor vehicle such ● as car stereo, safety equipment. When your vehicle is equipped with an air bag, do not obstruct with installed ● or portable wireless equipment. It can cause serious injury due to improper performance. F1200 User Guide...
Page 193 ● Unlike other battery systems, there is no memory effect that could compromise the battery’s performance. Use only LG batteries and chargers. LG chargers are designed to maximize ● the battery life. Do not disassemble or short-circuit the battery pack.
Page 194 Do not leave the battery in hot or cold places, this may deteriorate the ● battery performance. Batteries shall be disposed in accordance with the local povisions. ● The socket-outlet used for the AC/DC adaptor (power supply unit) shall be ● near the equipment and shall be easily accessible. F1200 User Guide...
Page 195: Table Of Contents
T a b l e C o n t e n t s F1200 features ...................... 12 Parts of the phone ....................12 Display information ....................16 Music player ......................18 Getting started ..................... 19 Installing the SIM card and the battery pack............19 Charging the battery ....................
Page 196 Memo [Menu-2-5] ....................51 Tools [Menu-3] ..................... 52 Favourites [Menu-3-1] .................... 52 Calculator [Menu-3-2] .................... 53 Unit converter [Menu-3-3] ..................53 Stop watch [Menu-3-4] ....................54 World time [Menu-3-5] ................... 54 Voice recorder [Menu-3-6] ..................54 Infrared [Menu-3-7] ....................55 F1200 User Guide...
Page 197 Camera [Menu-6] ....................78 Take picture [Menu-6-1] ..................78 Gallery [Menu-6-2] ....................80 Memory status [Menu-6-3] ..................81 My stuff [Menu-7] ....................82 Images [Menu-7-1] ....................82 Sounds [Menu-7-2] ....................83 Applications [Menu-7-3] ..................83 Removable disk [Menu-7-4] ................... 83 F1200 User Guide...
Page 198 Date & Time [Menu-9-3] ..................90 Languages [Menu-9-4] ................... 91 Security [Menu-9-5] ....................91 Network [Menu-9-6] ....................92 GPRS [Menu-9-7] ....................92 Reset settings [Menu-9-8] ..................93 Q&A ........................94 Accessories ......................96 Technical data ...................... 98 F1200 User Guide...
Page 199: F1200 Features
(during the playback) Fast forwards the current track. Press and hold down this key until you find the spot you’d like to listen to. 5. Camera lens Note Dirt on the camera lens could affect the image quality. F1200 User Guide...
Page 200 5. Battery terminals strap 6. Battery pack 2. SIM card terminals 7. Battery cover 3. SIM card socket 4. Battery latch Press this button to remove the battery cover 8. Charger connector/ and battery pack. Cable connector F1200 User Guide...
Page 201 3. Confirm/Internet key 8. Navigation keys 9. Right soft key 4. Left soft key 10. Camera key 5. Music hot key 11. Clear key 6. Send key 12. End/Power key 13. Alphanumeric keys 14. Microphone 7. Special function keys F1200 User Guide...
Page 202 12. End/Power key: Used to end a call or reject a call and also to go back to standby mode. Hold this key down to turn the phone on/off. 13. Alphanumeric keys: Enter numbers, letters and some special characters. 14. Microphone: Can be muted during a call for privacy. F1200 User Guide...
Page 203: Display Information
Indicates the Ring & vibration is set as the call alert type. Indicates the Ring after vibration is set as the call alert type. Indicates the Max. Ring & vibration is set as the call alert type. Indicates that you can use the push message service. F1200 User Guide...
Page 204 Icon Description Indicates that you have a schedule for the selected day in the schedule menu. Indicates that the phone is accessing the WAP. Indicates that you are using GPRS. Indicates that you entered the security page. F1200 User Guide...
Page 205: Music Player
F1200 features Music player With the F1200 mobile phone, you have a portable music player, as well as a mobile handset. You can enjoy music without opening the phone. Press the playlist is shown on the outer screen. Using keys, you can select the track you want to start listening to.
Page 206: Getting Started
Notice Removing the battery from the phone when the power is on may cause the phone to malfunction. 2. Remove the battery. Hold the bottom edge of the battery and lift the battery from the battery compartment. F1200 User Guide...
Page 207 4. Install the battery. Insert the battery aligning the gold contacts on the battery pack with the battery terminals (gold contacts) in the battery compartment. Push down the top of the battery until it snaps into space. F1200 User Guide...
Page 208: Charging The Battery
1. With the battery in position on the phone, connect the lead from the mains adapter to the bottom of the phone. Make sure that the arrow on the lead connector is facing towards the front of the phone. F1200 User Guide...
Page 209: Disconnecting The Adapter
Do not remove the battery or SIM card while charging. ● In the case the battery is not properly charged, please turn the phone off ● and on using the power key, then recharge the battery. After detaching and reattaching the battery, please recharge the battery. F1200 User Guide...
Page 210: Turning Your Phone On And Off
The PIN2 code, supplied with some SIM cards, is required to access functions such as Advice of Call Charge and Fixed dial number. These functions are only available if supported by your SIM card. Check with your network for further information. F1200 User Guide...
Page 211: Barring Password
Security settings menu. Barring password The barring password is required when you use the Call barring function. You obtain the password from your network operator when you subscribe to this function. See page 42 for further details. F1200 User Guide...
Page 212: General Functions
You can save the names and phone numbers dialled regularly in the SIM card and/or phone memory, which is Phonebook. You can dial a number by simply looking up the desired name in the Phonebook. For further details on the Phonebook feature, please refer to page 45-48. F1200 User Guide...
Page 213 Signal strength You can check the strength of your signal by the signal indicator ( ) on the LCD screen of your phone. Signal strength can vary, particularly inside buildings. Moving near to a window may improve reception. F1200 User Guide...
Page 214: Entering Text
LCD screen. 2. Change the text input mode by pressing . You can check the current text input mode in the lower right corner of the LCD screen. text input mode F1200 User Guide...
Page 215 3. Complete each word with a space by pressing the key. To delete letters, press . Press and hold down to erase entire words. Note To exit from the text input mode without saving your input, press . The phone goes back to standby mode. F1200 User Guide...
Page 216 P Q R S 7 p q r s 7 T U V 8 t u v 8 W X Y Z 9 w x y z 9 Space key, 0 (Long press) Space key, 0 (Long press) F1200 User Guide...
Page 217: Phonebook
Press the right soft key then select Search. To save the dialled number into the phonebook during a call, press the right soft key then select Add new. Switching between two calls To switch between two calls, press the left soft key then select Swap. F1200 User Guide...
Page 218 To turn DTMF tones on during a call, press the left soft key, and then select DTMF on. DTMF tones can be turned off the same way. DTMF tones allow your phone to make use of an automated switchboard. F1200 User Guide...
Page 219: Multiparty Or Conference Calls
Press the left soft key, then select the Conference / Join all. Adding calls to the conference call To add a call to an existing conference call, press the left soft key, then select the Conference / Join all. F1200 User Guide...
Page 220 Select the Conference / Private to put all the other callers on hold. Ending a conference call To end a conference call, press the key. You can also end a conference call by selecting End call after pressing the left soft key. F1200 User Guide...
Page 221: Menu Tree
7 Fixed dial number (FDN) 7 Infrared 8 Settings 2 Organiser 4 Multimedia (see page 45) (see page 57) 1 Phonebook 2 Scheduler 1 Music 3 Alarm clock 2 Games 4 To-do 3 Games & Apps 5 Memo F1200 User Guide...
Page 222 2 Display 2 Gallery 3 Date & Time 3 Memory status 4 Languages 5 Security 6 Network 7 GPRS 8 Reset settings 7 My stuff (see page 82) 1 Images 2 Sounds 3 Applications 4 Removable disk F1200 User Guide...
Page 223: Selecting Functions And Options
The roles of the soft keys vary according to the current context; the label on the bottom line of the screen just above each key indicates its current role. Press the right soft key Press the left soft key to activate the corresponding to access the available action. menu. F1200 User Guide...
Page 224: Call Manager [Menu-1]
Delete: Deletes the call log from the list. ● View details: Displays the call information. ● Delete all: Select this to clear up the missed call logs. ● F1200 User Guide...
Page 225 Add to name (Shown if the name is not saved in the phonebook): You ● can add the number to an existing phonebook entry. Delete: Deletes the call log from the list. ● F1200 User Guide...
Page 226: Call Charges [Menu-1-2]
[Reset] or the OK key. You are requested to enter the PIN2 code. Note The actual cost invoiced for calls by your service provider may vary, depending on network features, rounding-off for billing, taxes, etc. F1200 User Guide...
Page 227: Gprs Information [Menu-1-3]
You can check the data volume and the time spent using GPRS with an external device such as a serial port. Total data (Menu-1-3-3) You can check the total amount of data through WAP and the external device. F1200 User Guide...
Page 228: Call Divert Menu-1-4
All data calls and All fax calls menus. - To other number: Input the number for call diverting. Cancel: Cancels the selected call divert. ● View status: You can check the status of the service. ● u Cancel all: Cancels all call divert settings. F1200 User Guide...
Page 229: Call Barring Service [Menu-1-5]
The network will notify you of a new incoming call while you have a call in progress. Select Activate to request the network to activate call waiting, Cancel to request the network to deactivate call waiting, or View status, to check if the function is active or not. F1200 User Guide...
Page 230: Fixed Dial Number (Fdn) [Menu-1-7]
This network service lets you decide whether your phone number is displayed (On) or hidden (Off) from the person you are calling. Select Set by network to reset the phone to the setting that you have agreed upon with your service provider. F1200 User Guide...
Page 231 You can activate the automatic answer feature when the phone is connected to a compatible headset. Select the time before answering automatically. If you select "Off", you have to press and hold the key on the headset to answer a call. F1200 User Guide...
Page 232: Organiser [Menu-2]
Write multimedia message: Use this to write a multimedia message to ● the name. Copy: Use this to copy the phonebook entry from SIM to the phone ● memory or vice versa. Select whether to keep the original phone number or not. F1200 User Guide...
Page 233 You can call directly by pressing this key for 2-3 seconds. 1. Open the Phonebook first by pressing the right soft key [Names] in standby mode. 2. Scroll to Speed dials, then press [OK]. F1200 User Guide...
Page 234 SIM to Phone: Use this to copy the entry from the SIM Card to Phone ● memory. Phone to SIM: Use this to copy the entry from the Phone memory to the ● SIM Card. F1200 User Guide...
Page 235 SIM card). Such numbers include the emergency, directory enquiries and voice mail numbers. 1. Select the Service dial number option. 2. The names of the available services will be shown. 3. Use the up/down navigation keys to select a service. Press F1200 User Guide...
Page 236: Scheduler [Menu-2-2]
Edit: Use this to edit the schedule. ● Delete: Use this to delete the schedule ● Add new: You can edit a maximum of 30 characters and take up to 30 ● notes. Calendar: Goes back to the calendar. ● F1200 User Guide...
Page 237: Alarm Clock Menu-2-3
1. Select the left soft key [Add] to add a new to-do item. 2. After keying in the subject, press the down navigation key. 3. Enter the date with the numeric keys and press the left soft key [Save]. F1200 User Guide...
Page 238: Memo Menu-2-5
● Delete: Select this to delete the selected memo. ● Add new: Use this to add a new memo. The phone can store up to 20 ● memos and 30 characters. Delete all: Deletes all memos. ● F1200 User Guide...
Page 239: Tools [Menu-3]
Change: You can change the favorite menu with the another menu. ● Delete: Deletes the selected favorite menu. ● View detail: Displays the route to the favorite menu. ● Delete all: Deletes all the favorite menus. ● F1200 User Guide...
Page 240: Calculator [Menu-3-2]
4. Move to the Convert unit section by pressing the down navigation key. 5. Select the unit you want to convert to, using the left/right navigation keys. 6. Input numbers using the numeric keys. Conversion is calculated automatically. Note You can input a decimal number by pressing the key. F1200 User Guide...
Page 241: Stop Watch [Menu-3-4]
You can play or delete the recorded memo or record new voice memo using the left soft key [Options] key. 1. To record a voice memo, press the left soft key [Record]. 2. Once recording is started, the message ‘Recording...’ and the recording time is displayed. F1200 User Guide...
Page 242: Infrared [Menu-3-7]
● Activate the infrared feature on the phone; the “ ” symbol appears on the ● right side at the bottom of the display. Call the network service number given to you by the service provider. ● F1200 User Guide...
Page 243 PC Sync Help file on the CD. With this IrDA feature, you can transfer anything you want such ● as phonebook entries, messages, pictures, etc. While using the removable disk feature, you cannot use the PC ● sync feature. F1200 User Guide...
Page 244: Multimedia [Menu-4]
Multimedia [Menu-4] Music Menu-4-1 The F1200 has a digital music player built-in. You can enjoy listening to MP3 or AAC music files on a memory in your phone using a compatible headset or via the internal loudspeaker. Note Because of the small dimension of the speaker, in some cases the audio could be distorted, especially at maximum volume and when there are lots of bass sounds.
Page 245 USB high-capacity storage device from the system”. 3. Then remove the cable. Note When you are using the phone memory as a removable disk, you cannot make a call, answer a call, use message function or use PC Sync feature. F1200 User Guide...
Page 246 4. You can check the free space of the removable disk. Note With the removable disk feature, you can store more than 20 ● music files onto the phone. But the Playlist on the phone displays up to 20 files. F1200 User Guide...
Page 247 Repeat Loop Play all Repeat all A>B Play one Repeat one Note In case that any invalid file is included in the playlist, an error message will be popped up and go back to the prior screen. F1200 User Guide...
Page 248 You can use the loop feature with the right soft key [Loop]. Press the right soft key [Loop] to set the beginning point (A) of the loop. And press the right soft key [A>B] again to set the ending point (B). F1200 User Guide...
Page 249: Games [Menu-4-2]
● open/close the phone. Memory status (Menu-4-1-4) You can check the current memory status of the phone. Games Menu-4-2 You can enjoy a game on the phone. For further details, use the onscreen instruction or help menu. F1200 User Guide...
Page 250: Games & Apps Menu-4-3
Delete: Delete the selected program. Once deleted, you will not be able to ● restore the program unless it is downloaded again using the WAP. Rename: Select this to change the name. ● New Folder: Creates a new folder. ● F1200 User Guide...
Page 251 Java program. The installed Java program can be selected to run at a later time from the Application menu. Delete all: Deletes all the bookmarks. ● F1200 User Guide...
Page 252 There is a maximum memory capacity in a phone and once you exceed this memory, you will not be able to store any more programs. This menu allows you to check the available memory capacity in a phone. F1200 User Guide...
Page 253: Messages [Menu-5]
● later. T9 languages: Select the language for T9 input mode. You can also ● deactivate T9 input mode by selecting ‘T9 off ‘. For further details on the T9 mode, refer to page 27 through 28. F1200 User Guide...
Page 254 Sound: If available, you can attach a sound available for a short ● message. Text template: You can use text templates already set in the phone. ● Phone number: You can add phone numbers in the message. ● Signature: You can attach your signature. ● F1200 User Guide...
Page 255 Extract: Extracts a picture, sound, text web page or email address from the ● message. These will be saved in My folder, Phonebook, or bookmarks. Delete: Deletes the selected message from the Inbox. ● View information: Displays the information about the message. ● F1200 User Guide...
Page 256 Paper: You can insert one of 4 wallpaper images to a text message. ● Delivery reports: Activates or deactivates the report function. When this ● function is activated, the network informs you whether or not your message has been delivered. F1200 User Guide...
Page 257: Multimedia Messages (Mms) [Menu-5-2]
3. You can add a slide by moving the cursor on then pressing the OK key or the left soft key [Select]. You can also add a slide using the right soft key [Menu]. Note Up to 9 slides are affordable. F1200 User Guide...
Page 258 Unread notification message Read high priority message Unread high priority message Read low priority message Unread low priority message If the phone has ‘No space for messages’, you can make space by deleting messages, media and applications. F1200 User Guide...
Page 259 However, if you select this menu, you can see the next picture by pressing the left soft key [Next] manually. Timer start: Select this to activate the slide show automatically again. ● Previous slide: Displays the previous page. ● F1200 User Guide...
Page 260 Slide duration: Set the slide duration. Enter the desired duration using the ● numeric keypad. Slide format: Select where to align the image. ● Add slide: Adds a slide before of after the current slide. ● Remove slide: Deletes the selected slide. ● F1200 User Guide...
Page 261: Voice Messages [Menu-5-3]
Once this option has been selected, simply press the left soft key [OK] to listen to voice messages. You can also hold down the key in standby mode to listen to voice messages. Voice mail centre (Menu-5-3-2) You can input and set the voice mailbox centre. F1200 User Guide...
Page 262: Info Services [Menu-5-4]
[Options]. Alert (Menu-5-4-4) Set alert on or Off for a new broadcast message. Auto display (Menu-5-4-5) If you select this option On, all received broadcast messages will be automatically displayed. F1200 User Guide...
Page 263: Templates [Menu-5-5]
● SMS. You can send it up to 5 persons at a time. Send multimedia message: Use this to send the selected template ● message by MMS. Add new: Use this to create a new template. ● F1200 User Guide...
Page 264: Memory Status Menu-5-6
You can also attach the signature when you write a text message using the Attach function. See page 67. Send multimedia message: Sends the signature by MMS. ● Memory status Menu-5-6 You can check the current memory status for Text messages and Multimedia messages. F1200 User Guide...
Page 265: Camera [Menu-6]
Camera [Menu-6] F1200 has a digital camera which allows you to take pictures at a maximum resolution 640x480 pixels (also known as VGA). The CMOS sensor guarantees high definition and quality of the images. Taking pictures will be more fun thanks to the additional functions such as the 2x Zoom, Brightness control, White balancing and Colour effects.
Page 266 8 White balance ( ): Auto ( ), Daylight ( Incandescent ( ), Cloudy ( ), Flourescent ( 1. Center the desired option menu using the left/right navigation keys. 2. Select the desired value with the up/down navigation keys. F1200 User Guide...
Page 267: Gallery [Menu-6-2]
You can view, organise, or send the pictures through MMS. 1. Select the picture you want a full screen of and press the OK key. Or press the left soft key [Options] to access the following submenus. F1200 User Guide...
Page 268: Memory Status Menu-6-3
300 photos can be stored. But note that you cannot take pictures any more if the memory is full, even if you've taken less than 300 photos. And vice versa: you can take no more pictures if you've already taken 300 photos even though the memory is available. F1200 User Guide...
Page 269: My Stuff [Menu-7]
Delete: To delete the photo. ● Rename: To change the name of the photo. ● View details: You can check the name, size, and date of the photo. ● Delete all: Deletes all the photos and clear out the gallery. ● F1200 User Guide...
Page 270: Sounds [Menu-7-2]
While you are using this menu, you cannot make a call or receive a call, or use the PC sync feature. Format disk: Formats the removable disk. ● Memory status: You can check the current memory status. ● F1200 User Guide...
Page 271: Service [Menu-8]
You can surf the Internet using either the phone keys or the WAP browser menu. Using the phone keys When surfing the Internet, the phone keys function differently to phone mode. Description Scrolls each line of the content area Returns to the previous page Selects options and confirms actions F1200 User Guide...
Page 272 ● Your phone may have some pre-installed bookmarks for sites not affiliated with LG. LG does not warrant or endorse these sites. If you choose to access them, you should use the same security or content precautions as you would with any site.
Page 273 Add new: You can add a new access point. ● Delete: Deletes the selected access point from the list. ● Delete all: Deletes all the access points. ● Note The changes using these options may affect the MMS function. F1200 User Guide...
Page 274: Sim Service [Menu-8-2]
With the SIM service menu, your phone is future-proof and will support additions to your service provider’s service. For further information, contact your service provider. F1200 User Guide...
Page 275: Settings [Menu-9]
Select the desired effect tone. When you press keys or open/close the phone, the phone emits the effect tone you set in this menu. Note The effect tone sounds, regardless of the alert type. System alert (Menu-9-1-5) Set the desired ringing tone when switching the phone on/off. F1200 User Guide...
Page 276: Display [Menu-9-2]
Your phone provides you with 4 menu colour themes. Set the menu colour by scrolling and pressing the left soft key [Select]. Network name (Menu-9-2-5) Select whether the network name to be displayed when the phone is turned on/off. F1200 User Guide...
Page 277: Date & Time [Menu-9-3]
Dual clock (Menu-9-3-5) You can activate the phone to run dual time clocks. After selecting On, select the desired dual time zone. Beep every hour (Menu-9-3-6) You can set the phone to beep every hour by selecting On. F1200 User Guide...
Page 278: Languages [Menu-9-4]
The Change codes feature lets you change your current password to a new one. You must enter the current password before you can specify a new one. Use this to change the access codes: Security code, PIN1 code, PIN2 code Note PIN: Personal Identification Number. F1200 User Guide...
Page 279: Network [Menu-9-6]
You need to subscribe to the GPRS service. For availability and ● subscription to GPRS service, contact your network operator or service provider. You need to save the GPRS settings for the applications used over GPRS. ● F1200 User Guide...
Page 280: Reset Settings [Menu-9-8]
Rename, APN, IP address, DNS, User ID, and Password. Reset settings Menu-9-8 You can reset your phone to its default configuration. To do so, proceed, as follows. 1. Select the Reset settings menu option. 2. Enter the 4-digit security code. F1200 User Guide...
Page 281: Q&A
LCD does not turn on. Remove and replace the battery and turn on the power. If the phone still does not turn on, charge the battery and try again. F1200 User Guide...
Page 282 The default lock code is ‘0000’. If you forget or lose the lock code, contact your phone dealer. If you forget or lose a PIN or PUK code, or if you have not received such a code, contact your network service provider. F1200 User Guide...
Page 283: Accessories
USB data cable (Removable disk) To download the MP3 to the phone. (PC Sync) To download the ring tones, wallpaper, Java games. (PC Sync) To manage the phonebook, scheduler, to-do list, memo list and message box on the PC. F1200 User Guide...
Page 284 Accessories Note Always use genuine LG accessories. Failure to do this may ● invalidate your warranty. Accessories may be different in different regions: ● please check with our regional service company or agent for further enquiries. F1200 User Guide...
Page 285: Technical Data
Technical data General Product name: F1200 System: GSM900 / DCS 1800 / PCS 1900 Ambient Temperatures Max: +55°C Min: -10°C F1200 User Guide...
Page 287 Memo...
Page 288 Memo...

LG F1200 User Manual

Quick Links

Related Manuals for LG F1200

Summary of Contents for LG F1200

Table of Contents